Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions
Content deleted Content added
Johnrdorazio (talk | contribs) m 1 revision imported |
m deprecated enumerated parameter error message fix; |
||
Line 1: | Line 1: | ||
require('Module:No globals'); |
|||
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >-------------------------------------- |
||
]] |
|||
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit |
|||
local dates, year_date_check, reformat_dates, date_hyphen_to_dash, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
|||
date_name_xlate |
|||
]] |
|||
local is_set, in_array, substitute, error_comment, set_error, select_one, -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
add_maint_cat, wrap_style, safe_for_italics, is_wikilink, make_wikilink, |
|||
strip_apostrophe_markup; |
|||
local z ={}; -- tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
local |
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation |
||
local |
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
||
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers |
|||
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS |
|||
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration |
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration |
||
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist |
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist |
||
Line 26: | Line 25: | ||
]] |
]] |
||
local added_deprecated_cat; -- |
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once |
||
local |
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category |
||
local added_vanc_errs; -- boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category |
|||
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table |
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table |
||
Line 47: | Line 45: | ||
local i = 1; |
local i = 1; |
||
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list |
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list |
||
if is_set( list[i] ) then |
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then |
||
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member |
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member |
||
end |
end |
||
i = i + 1; -- point to next |
i = i + 1; -- point to next |
||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >-------------------------------------------------------- |
|||
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any. |
|||
foreign_lang_source and foreign_lang_source_2 keys have a language code appended to them so that multiple languages |
|||
may be categorized but multiples of the same language are not categorized. |
|||
added_prop_cats is a table declared in page scope variables above |
|||
]] |
|||
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments) |
|||
if not added_prop_cats [key] then |
|||
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category |
|||
key = key:gsub ('(foreign_lang_source_?2?)%a%a%a?[%a%-]*', '%1'); -- strip lang code from keyname |
|||
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 80: | Line 58: | ||
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. |
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted. |
||
added_vanc_errs is a |
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above |
||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 87: | Line 65: | ||
if not added_vanc_errs then |
if not added_vanc_errs then |
||
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category |
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source}, true ) } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 94: | Line 72: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
does this thing that purports to be a |
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it |
||
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: |
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says: |
||
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a |
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a |
||
Line 117: | Line 95: | ||
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; |
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15; |
||
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] |
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]] |
||
list of |
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db |
||
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between |
|||
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. |
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen. |
||
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported |
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported |
||
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the |
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld |
||
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a |
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped |
||
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained |
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal. |
||
There are several tests: |
There are several tests: |
||
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit |
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit |
||
internationalized domain name ( |
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490 |
||
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs |
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs |
||
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD |
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD |
||
Line 139: | Line 117: | ||
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed |
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed |
||
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and |
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false |
||
]=] |
]=] |
||
Line 154: | Line 132: | ||
end |
end |
||
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at |
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource |
||
return false; |
return false; |
||
end |
end |
||
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like |
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs |
||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld |
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld |
||
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix |
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix |
||
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) |
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10) |
||
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) |
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10) |
||
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and |
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars) |
||
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and |
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD |
||
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address |
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address |
||
} |
} |
||
Line 170: | Line 148: | ||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list |
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list |
||
if domain:match (pattern) then |
if domain:match (pattern) then |
||
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a |
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 185: | Line 163: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a |
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false. |
||
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that |
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that |
||
Line 194: | Line 172: | ||
local function is_url (scheme, domain) |
local function is_url (scheme, domain) |
||
if is_set (scheme) then |
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain |
||
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); |
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain); |
||
else |
else |
||
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when |
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 204: | Line 182: | ||
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
Split a |
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain. |
||
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following |
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#). |
||
If protocol |
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain. |
||
When not protocol |
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one |
||
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. |
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2. |
||
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes |
|||
like news: that don't use authority indicator? |
|||
Strip off any port and path; |
Strip off any port and path; |
||
Line 222: | Line 203: | ||
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') |
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//') |
||
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol |
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL |
||
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') |
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)') |
||
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name |
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name |
||
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions |
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions |
||
if utilities.is_set (authority) then |
|||
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; |
|||
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing; |
|||
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then |
|||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message |
|||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message |
|||
end |
|||
else |
|||
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test? |
|||
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present |
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present |
||
Line 239: | Line 226: | ||
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >--------------------------------------------------- |
||
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no |
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs |
||
Link parameters are to hold the title of a |
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed: |
||
# < > [ ] | { } _ |
# < > [ ] | { } _ |
||
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki |
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links |
||
returns false when the value contains any of these characters. |
returns false when the value contains any of these characters. |
||
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid |
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the |
||
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid |
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok). |
||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 258: | Line 245: | ||
end |
end |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from |
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; |
||
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid |
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 267: | Line 254: | ||
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value. |
||
|<title>= may be |
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when |
||
that condition exists |
that condition exists |
||
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language |
|||
code and must begin with a colon. |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 274: | Line 264: | ||
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) |
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig) |
||
local orig; |
local orig; |
||
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value |
|||
if is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value |
|||
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup |
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup |
||
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter |
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter |
||
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup |
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup |
||
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter |
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter |
||
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki |
|||
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix |
|||
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon |
|||
orig = lorig; -- flag as error |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (orig) then |
if utilities.is_set (orig) then |
||
link = ''; -- unset |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- url or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=; |
|||
end |
end |
||
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 293: | Line 291: | ||
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. |
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid. |
||
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the |
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain |
||
portions, or for protocol |
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two |
||
portions of the |
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false. |
||
Because it is different from a standard |
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links |
||
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name |
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name |
||
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 |
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4 |
||
Line 304: | Line 302: | ||
local function check_url( url_str ) |
local function check_url( url_str ) |
||
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper |
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL |
||
return false; |
return false; |
||
end |
end |
||
local scheme, domain; |
local scheme, domain; |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from |
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL; |
||
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups |
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups |
||
Line 315: | Line 313: | ||
end |
end |
||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid |
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 322: | Line 320: | ||
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first |
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first |
||
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a |
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks |
||
that use protocol |
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs. |
||
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki |
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that |
||
find bracketed |
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=, |
||
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] |
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]] |
||
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. |
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]]. |
||
Line 335: | Line 333: | ||
local scheme, domain; |
local scheme, domain; |
||
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] |
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz] |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); |
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]')); |
||
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol |
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz] |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); |
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]')); |
||
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare |
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); |
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)')); |
||
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol |
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text |
||
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain |
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain |
||
else |
else |
||
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a |
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL |
||
end |
end |
||
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid |
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 360: | Line 358: | ||
local error_message = ''; |
local error_message = ''; |
||
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list |
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list |
||
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a |
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message |
||
if is_set(error_message) then |
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ... |
||
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator |
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator |
||
end |
end |
||
error_message=error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter |
error_message = error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (error_message) then |
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 381: | Line 379: | ||
local function safe_for_url( str ) |
local function safe_for_url( str ) |
||
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then |
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 403: | Line 401: | ||
local base_url; |
local base_url; |
||
if not is_set( label ) then |
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then |
||
label = URL; |
label = URL; |
||
if is_set( source ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then |
||
error_str = |
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " ); |
||
else |
else |
||
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); |
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] ); |
||
Line 412: | Line 410: | ||
end |
end |
||
if not check_url( URL ) then |
if not check_url( URL ) then |
||
error_str = |
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str; |
||
end |
end |
||
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the |
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path |
||
if path then -- if there is a path portion |
if path then -- if there is a path portion |
||
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['[']='%5b',[']']='%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent |
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values |
||
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble |
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble |
||
end |
end |
||
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a |
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL |
||
if is_set (access) then |
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited) |
||
base_url = substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon |
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 437: | Line 435: | ||
parameters in the citation. |
parameters in the citation. |
||
added_deprecated_cat is a |
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above |
||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 444: | Line 442: | ||
if not added_deprecated_cat then |
if not added_deprecated_cat then |
||
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category |
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 451: | Line 449: | ||
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- |
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >-------------------------------------------------------- |
||
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the |
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote |
||
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. |
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value. |
||
Line 457: | Line 455: | ||
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" |
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'" |
||
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) |
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example) |
||
Double single quotes (italic or bold |
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned. |
||
Replaces |
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter |
||
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. |
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks. |
||
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles. |
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles. |
||
]=] |
]=] |
||
local function kern_quotes (str) |
local function kern_quotes (str) |
||
local cap=''; |
local cap = ''; |
||
local cap2=''; |
local cap2 = ''; |
||
local wl_type, label, link; |
local wl_type, label, link; |
||
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (str); |
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] |
||
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks |
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks |
||
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks |
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks |
||
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); |
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str); |
||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks |
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks |
||
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); |
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str); |
||
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks |
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks |
||
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); |
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str); |
||
end |
end |
||
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable |
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable |
||
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) |
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark) |
||
label= mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) |
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark) |
||
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) |
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) |
||
if is_set (cap) then |
if utilities.is_set (cap) then |
||
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); |
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2}); |
||
end |
end |
||
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) |
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup) |
||
if is_set (cap) then |
if utilities.is_set (cap) then |
||
label = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); |
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2}); |
||
end |
end |
||
if 2 == wl_type then |
if 2 == wl_type then |
||
str = make_wikilink (link, label); |
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink |
||
else |
else |
||
str = label; |
str = label; |
||
Line 508: | Line 506: | ||
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >---------------------------------------- |
||
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin |
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should |
||
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped |
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped |
||
in italic markup. |
in italic markup. |
||
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate |
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right. |
||
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character |
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon: |
||
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) |
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character) |
||
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed: |
||
Line 522: | Line 520: | ||
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** |
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** *** |
||
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid |
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can |
||
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute |
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute |
||
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. |
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition. |
||
Line 535: | Line 533: | ||
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix |
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix |
||
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script |
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script |
||
if not is_set (lang) then |
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message |
||
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string |
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string |
||
end |
end |
||
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script |
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script |
||
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize |
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize |
||
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? |
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code? |
||
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script |
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script |
||
-- is prefix one of these language codes? |
-- is prefix one of these language codes? |
||
if in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then |
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then |
||
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) |
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang}) |
||
else |
else |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message |
||
end |
end |
||
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute |
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute |
||
else |
else |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message |
||
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string |
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message |
||
end |
end |
||
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is |
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL |
||
return script_value; |
return script_value; |
||
Line 570: | Line 568: | ||
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) |
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param) |
||
if is_set (script) then |
if utilities.is_set (script) then |
||
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang |
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error |
||
if is_set (script) then |
if utilities.is_set (script) then |
||
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title |
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 589: | Line 587: | ||
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) |
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower) |
||
if not is_set( str ) then |
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then |
||
return ""; |
return ""; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 595: | Line 593: | ||
local msg; |
local msg; |
||
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before |
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before |
||
return substitute( msg, str ); |
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text |
||
else |
else |
||
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str ); |
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str ); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 604: | Line 602: | ||
--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >---------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >---------------------------------------- |
||
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else. |
|||
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= |
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link= |
||
Line 615: | Line 613: | ||
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); |
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'}); |
||
wl_type, D, L = is_wikilink (str); |
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink) |
||
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= |
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link= |
||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
||
if is_set (str) then |
if utilities.is_set (str) then |
||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a |
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL |
||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
||
str, -- article title |
str, -- article title |
||
}); |
}); |
||
ws_label = str; -- label for the |
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] |
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]] |
||
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
||
if is_set (str) then |
if utilities.is_set (str) then |
||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a |
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL |
||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
||
str, -- article title |
str, -- article title |
||
}); |
}); |
||
ws_label = str; -- label for the |
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) |
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]]) |
||
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace |
||
if is_set (str) then |
if utilities.is_set (str) then |
||
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link |
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link |
||
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a |
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL |
||
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix |
||
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink |
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink |
||
Line 647: | Line 645: | ||
if ws_url then |
if ws_url then |
||
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable |
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL |
||
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker |
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker |
||
end |
end |
||
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper |
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 665: | Line 663: | ||
local periodical_error = ''; |
local periodical_error = ''; |
||
if not is_set (periodical) then |
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then |
||
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation |
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation |
||
else |
else |
||
periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); |
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style |
||
end |
end |
||
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang |
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
||
if is_set (trans_periodical) then |
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then |
||
trans_periodical = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); |
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical); |
||
if is_set (periodical) then |
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then |
||
periodical = periodical .. |
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical; |
||
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical |
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical |
||
periodical = trans_periodical; |
periodical = trans_periodical; |
||
periodical_error = ' ' .. |
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'}); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 689: | Line 687: | ||
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >-------------------------------------- |
||
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single |
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- |
||
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). |
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). |
||
Line 697: | Line 695: | ||
local chapter_error = ''; |
local chapter_error = ''; |
||
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource |
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link |
||
if ws_url then |
if ws_url then |
||
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters |
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters |
||
Line 703: | Line 701: | ||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set (chapter) then |
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then |
||
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation |
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation |
||
else |
else |
||
if false == no_quotes then |
if false == no_quotes then |
||
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from |
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks |
||
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); |
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang |
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
||
if is_set (chapter_url) then |
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then |
||
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate |
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate |
||
elseif ws_url then |
elseif ws_url then |
||
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? |
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this? |
||
chapter = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); |
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter}); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (trans_chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then |
||
trans_chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); |
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter); |
||
if is_set (chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then |
||
chapter = chapter .. |
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter; |
||
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter |
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter |
||
chapter = trans_chapter; |
chapter = trans_chapter; |
||
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> |
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param> |
||
chapter_error = ' ' .. |
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source}); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 738: | Line 736: | ||
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >---------------------------------------- |
||
This function searches a parameter's value for |
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the |
||
first match. |
first match. |
||
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the |
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource. |
||
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) |
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref) |
||
Line 756: | Line 754: | ||
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned |
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned |
||
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker |
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker |
||
local i=1; |
local i = 1; |
||
local stripmarker, apostrophe; |
local stripmarker, apostrophe; |
||
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- |
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true |
||
if capture == v then -- if same there are no |
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters |
||
return; |
return; |
||
end |
end |
||
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do |
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do |
||
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name |
local char = cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name |
||
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it |
local pattern = cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it |
||
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern |
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern |
||
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero |
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character |
||
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- |
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts |
||
position = nil; -- unset position |
position = nil; -- unset position |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 777: | Line 775: | ||
if position then |
if position then |
||
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) |
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition) |
||
('templatestyles' == capture and in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters |
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters |
||
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag |
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag |
||
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker |
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker |
||
Line 789: | Line 787: | ||
end |
end |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
||
return; -- and done with this parameter |
return; -- and done with this parameter |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
i=i+1; |
i = i+1; -- bump our index |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 805: | Line 803: | ||
]] |
]] |
||
local function argument_wrapper( args ) |
local function argument_wrapper ( args ) |
||
local origin = {}; |
local origin = {}; |
||
return setmetatable({ |
return setmetatable({ |
||
ORIGIN = function( self, k ) |
ORIGIN = function ( self, k ) |
||
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. |
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded. |
||
return origin[k]; |
return origin[k]; |
||
Line 823: | Line 821: | ||
if type( list ) == 'table' then |
if type( list ) == 'table' then |
||
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, ' |
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' ); |
||
if origin[k] == nil then |
if origin[k] == nil then |
||
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil |
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil |
||
Line 837: | Line 835: | ||
-- Empty strings, not nil; |
-- Empty strings, not nil; |
||
if v == nil then |
if v == nil then |
||
-- v = cfg.defaults[k] or ''; |
|||
v = ''; |
v = ''; |
||
origin[k] = ''; |
origin[k] = ''; |
||
Line 859: | Line 856: | ||
local function nowrap_date (date) |
local function nowrap_date (date) |
||
local cap=''; |
local cap = ''; |
||
local cap2=''; |
local cap2 = ''; |
||
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then |
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then |
||
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); |
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date); |
||
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then |
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then |
||
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); |
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$"); |
||
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); |
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2}); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 882: | Line 879: | ||
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) |
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type) |
||
if is_set (title_type) then |
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then |
||
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then |
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then |
||
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed |
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed |
||
Line 910: | Line 907: | ||
local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) |
local function hyphen_to_dash( str ) |
||
if not is_set (str) then |
if not utilities.is_set (str) then |
||
return str; |
return str; |
||
end |
end |
||
local accept; -- Boolean |
|||
str, count = str:gsub ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$', '%1'); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str |
|||
str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str |
|||
if 0 ~= count then -- non-zero when markup removed; zero else |
|||
if accept then |
|||
return str; -- nothing to do, we're done |
|||
return str; -- when markup removed, nothing to do, we're done |
|||
end |
end |
||
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities |
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split |
||
str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace |
str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character |
||
str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character |
str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character |
||
Line 935: | Line 933: | ||
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters |
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters |
||
else |
else |
||
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous |
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
item = |
item = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str |
||
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table |
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 953: | Line 951: | ||
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) |
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char ) |
||
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of ' |
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character' |
||
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte |
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions |
||
f.gsub=string.gsub |
f.gsub = string.gsub |
||
f.match=string.match |
f.match = string.match |
||
f.sub=string.sub |
f.sub = string.sub |
||
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions |
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions |
||
f.gsub=mw.ustring.gsub |
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub |
||
f.match=mw.ustring.match |
f.match = mw.ustring.match |
||
f.sub=mw.ustring.sub |
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 974: | Line 972: | ||
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) |
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop) |
||
elseif value ~= '' then |
elseif value ~= '' then |
||
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- |
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup. |
||
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove |
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string) |
||
else |
else |
||
comp = value; |
comp = value; |
||
end |
end |
||
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc |
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc |
||
if f.sub(comp, 1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? |
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character? |
||
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the |
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the |
||
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc? |
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.? |
||
trim = false; |
trim = false; |
||
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string |
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string |
||
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff? |
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff? |
||
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator |
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator |
||
str = f.sub(str, 1,-2); -- remove it |
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it |
||
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be |
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup |
||
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' |
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc'' |
||
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' |
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back '' |
||
elseif f.sub(str, -5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' |
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' |
||
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? |
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous? |
||
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' |
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' |
||
trim = true; -- same question |
trim = true; -- same question |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be |
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup |
||
if f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink |
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink |
||
trim = true; |
trim = true; |
||
elseif f.sub(str, -3,-1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link |
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link |
||
trim = true; |
trim = true; |
||
elseif f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link |
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link |
||
trim = true; |
trim = true; |
||
elseif f.sub(str, -4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. |
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title. |
||
trim = true; |
trim = true; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space |
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space |
||
if f.sub(str, -2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> |
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space> |
||
str = f.sub(str, 1,-3); -- remove them both |
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if trim then |
if trim then |
||
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains |
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup |
||
local dup2 = duplicate_char; |
local dup2 = duplicate_char; |
||
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it |
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it |
||
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows |
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup |
||
else |
else |
||
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character |
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character |
||
Line 1,032: | Line 1,030: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range |
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed. |
||
]] |
]] |
||
local function is_suffix (suffix) |
local function is_suffix (suffix) |
||
if in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then |
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then |
||
return true; |
return true; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,046: | Line 1,044: | ||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------------------------------- |
||
For Vancouver |
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name |
||
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. |
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character. |
||
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. |
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. |
||
Line 1,062: | Line 1,060: | ||
This original test: |
This original test: |
||
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then |
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then |
||
was written |
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. |
||
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the |
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary |
||
to use an external editor to maintain this code. |
to use an external editor to maintain this code. |
||
Line 1,080: | Line 1,078: | ||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (suffix) then |
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then |
||
if not is_suffix (suffix) then |
if not is_suffix (suffix) then |
||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); |
||
Line 1,089: | Line 1,087: | ||
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then |
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then |
||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']); |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']); |
||
return false; -- not a string of |
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization |
||
end; |
end; |
||
return true; |
return true; |
||
Line 1,097: | Line 1,095: | ||
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------ |
||
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list- |
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. |
||
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. |
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/. |
||
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. |
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/. |
||
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. |
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials. |
||
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the |
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name (). |
||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 1,112: | Line 1,110: | ||
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix |
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix |
||
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just |
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials? |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,144: | Line 1,142: | ||
end |
end |
||
if 3 > i then |
if 3 > i then |
||
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i],1,1)); -- insert the |
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table |
||
end |
end |
||
i = i+1; -- bump the counter |
i = i+1; -- bump the counter |
||
Line 1,153: | Line 1,151: | ||
--[[--------------------------< L I S T |
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >------------------------------------------------------- |
||
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors |
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators) |
||
names in the list will be linked when |
|||
|<name>-link= has a value |
|||
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there |
|||
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered |
|||
]] |
]] |
||
local function list_people(control, people, etal) |
local function list_people (control, people, etal) |
||
local sep; |
local sep; |
||
local namesep; |
local namesep; |
||
local format = control.format |
local format = control.format; |
||
local maximum = control.maximum |
local maximum = control.maximum; |
||
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; |
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; -- TODO: delete after deprecation |
||
local |
local name_list = {}; |
||
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like |
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling? |
||
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between |
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma |
||
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space |
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space |
||
lastauthoramp = nil; -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style |
lastauthoramp = nil; -- TODO: delete after deprecation -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style |
||
else |
else |
||
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between |
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon |
||
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> |
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space> |
||
end |
end |
||
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end |
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end |
||
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end |
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names |
||
for i,person in ipairs(people) do |
for i, person in ipairs (people) do |
||
if is_set(person.last) then |
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then |
||
local mask = person.mask |
local mask = person.mask; |
||
local one |
local one; |
||
local sep_one = sep; |
local sep_one = sep; |
||
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then |
|||
etal = true; |
etal = true; |
||
break; |
break; |
||
end |
|||
elseif (mask ~= nil) then |
|||
local n = tonumber(mask) |
|||
if mask then |
|||
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else |
|||
one = string.rep("—",n) |
|||
if n then |
|||
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—",n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name |
|||
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil |
|||
else |
else |
||
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator) |
|||
one = mask; |
|||
sep_one = " "; |
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
one = person.last |
one = person.last; -- get surname |
||
local first = person.first |
local first = person.first -- get given name |
||
if is_set(first) then |
if utilities.is_set (first) then |
||
if ( |
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format |
||
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/) |
||
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested |
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested |
||
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials |
first = reduce_to_initials (first); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,208: | Line 1,216: | ||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (person.link) then |
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then |
||
one = make_wikilink (person.link, one); |
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor |
||
end |
|||
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement) |
|||
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names |
|||
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator |
|||
end |
end |
||
table.insert (text, one) |
|||
table.insert (text, sep_one) |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
local count = # |
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2 |
||
if |
if 0 < count then |
||
if |
if 1 < count and not etal then |
||
if 'amp' == format or utilities.is_set (lastauthoramp) then -- TODO: delete lastauthoramp after deprecation |
|||
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text |
|||
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text |
|||
elseif 'and' == format then |
|||
if 2 == count then |
|||
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text |
|||
else |
|||
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator |
|||
end |
end |
||
local result = table.concat( |
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list |
||
if etal and is_set (result) then |
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list |
||
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've |
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al. |
||
end |
end |
||
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only) |
|||
return result, count |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,249: | Line 1,267: | ||
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end |
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end |
||
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id |
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id |
||
if is_set (id) then |
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string |
||
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion |
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 1,259: | Line 1,277: | ||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >---------------------------------------------------- |
||
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, |
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found, |
||
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. |
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag. |
||
Line 1,269: | Line 1,287: | ||
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) |
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param) |
||
if is_set (name) then |
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return |
||
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration |
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration |
||
Line 1,277: | Line 1,295: | ||
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) |
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal) |
||
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= |
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors= |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,283: | Line 1,301: | ||
end |
end |
||
return name, etal; |
return name, etal; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,297: | Line 1,315: | ||
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) |
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name) |
||
if is_set (name) then |
if utilities.is_set (name) then |
||
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters |
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,307: | Line 1,325: | ||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------ |
||
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for |
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. |
||
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function |
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function |
||
adds the editor markup maintenance category. |
adds the editor markup maintenance category. |
||
Line 1,318: | Line 1,336: | ||
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration |
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration |
||
if is_set (name) then |
if utilities.is_set (name) then |
||
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and |
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and |
||
if name:match (pattern) then |
if name:match (pattern) then |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template |
|||
break; |
break; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,331: | Line 1,349: | ||
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >---------------------------------------- |
||
Evaluates the content of |
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated |
||
if there is more than one comma or any semicolons. If found, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category. |
|||
(author or editor) maintenance category. |
|||
returns nothing |
returns nothing |
||
Line 1,340: | Line 1,357: | ||
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) |
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name) |
||
local _, |
local _, commas, semicolons; |
||
if is_set (name) then |
if utilities.is_set (name) then |
||
_, |
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas |
||
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons |
|||
if 1 < commas or 0 < semicolons then |
|||
if 1 < count then -- param could be |author= or |editor= so one separator character is acceptable |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,359: | Line 1,377: | ||
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) |
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name) |
||
local accept_name; |
|||
if is_set (last) then |
|||
if last:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written |
|||
if utilities.is_set (last) then |
|||
last = last:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens |
|||
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last> |
|||
else |
|||
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup |
|||
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) |
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only) |
||
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation |
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation |
||
Line 1,368: | Line 1,388: | ||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (first) then |
|||
if utilities.is_set (first) then |
|||
if first:match ('^%(%(.*%)%)$') then -- if wrapped in doubled parentheses, accept as written |
|||
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first> |
|||
first = first:match ('^%(%((.*)%)%)$'); -- strip parens |
|||
else |
|||
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup |
|||
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation |
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation |
||
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation |
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
return last, first; -- done |
return last, first; -- done |
||
end |
|||
Line 1,397: | Line 1,419: | ||
local function extract_names(args, list_name) |
local function extract_names(args, list_name) |
||
local names = {}; -- table of names |
local names = {}; -- table of names |
||
local last; -- individual name components |
local last; -- individual name components |
||
local first; |
local first; |
||
local link; |
local link; |
||
local mask; |
local mask; |
||
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer |
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer |
||
local n = 1; -- output table indexer |
local n = 1; -- output table indexer |
||
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) |
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors) |
||
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter |
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter |
||
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging |
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging |
||
while true do |
while true do |
||
last, last_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], ' |
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1 |
||
first, first_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], ' |
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); |
||
link, link_alias = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], ' |
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); |
||
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], ' |
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); |
||
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
||
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
||
last, first= name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc checks |
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks |
||
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn |
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn |
||
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias |
|||
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', { |
|||
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate |
|||
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form |
|||
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message |
|||
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? |
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done? |
||
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first |
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first |
||
Line 1,426: | Line 1,452: | ||
end |
end |
||
else -- we have last with or without a first |
else -- we have last with or without a first |
||
local result; |
|||
link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wikimarkup |
|||
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup |
|||
if first then |
if first then |
||
link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); |
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup |
||
end |
end |
||
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) |
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only) |
||
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table |
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table |
||
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing |
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message |
||
end |
end |
||
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names |
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names |
||
Line 1,441: | Line 1,468: | ||
end |
end |
||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names |
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,477: | Line 1,504: | ||
end |
end |
||
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both |
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes |
||
local ietf_name; |
local ietf_name; |
||
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons |
|||
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(this_wiki_code, 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia |
|||
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa) |
|||
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons |
|||
for code, name in pairs(languages) do |
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language |
||
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then |
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then |
||
if 2 == code |
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported |
||
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code |
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code |
||
end |
end |
||
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an |
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name |
||
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code |
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if |
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return |
||
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else |
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,521: | Line 1,546: | ||
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= |
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language= |
||
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName(cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name |
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name |
||
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list |
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list |
||
Line 1,529: | Line 1,554: | ||
if name then -- there was a remapped code so |
if name then -- there was a remapped code so |
||
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private |
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag |
||
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip |
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any |
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code |
||
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code |
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code |
||
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code |
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code |
||
Line 1,539: | Line 1,564: | ||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (name) then |
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code |
||
code = lang:lower(); -- save it |
code = lang:lower(); -- save it |
||
else |
else |
||
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); |
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization) |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (code) then |
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes |
||
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names |
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names |
||
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language |
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language |
||
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code |
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code |
||
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization |
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization |
||
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) |
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code) |
||
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template |
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled |
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled |
||
add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); |
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,564: | Line 1,589: | ||
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it |
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it |
||
end |
end |
||
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list); |
|||
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list |
|||
if 2 >= code then |
|||
name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator']) -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names |
|||
elseif 2 < code then |
|||
name = table.concat (language_list, cfg.messages['parameter-separator'], 1, code-1); -- concatenate all but last |
|||
name = table.concat ({name, language_list[code]}, cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator']); -- concatenate last with final separator |
|||
end |
|||
if this_wiki_name == name then |
if this_wiki_name == name then |
||
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) |
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation) |
||
Line 1,592: | Line 1,612: | ||
local function set_cs1_style (ps) |
local function set_cs1_style (ps) |
||
if not is_set (ps) then |
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something |
||
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation |
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,609: | Line 1,629: | ||
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) |
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref) |
||
if not is_set (ps) then |
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default |
||
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation |
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set (ref) then |
if not utilities.is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set |
||
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv |
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,665: | Line 1,685: | ||
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||
Determines if a |
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when |
||
applying the |
applying the PDF icon to external links. |
||
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false |
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false |
||
Line 1,681: | Line 1,701: | ||
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ |
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------ |
||
Applies |
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does |
||
not have a matching |
not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that |
||
is recognized as a |
is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with |
||
the appropriate styling. |
the appropriate styling. |
||
Line 1,689: | Line 1,709: | ||
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) |
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param) |
||
if is_set (format) then |
if utilities.is_set (format) then |
||
format = wrap_style ('format', format); |
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize |
||
if not is_set (url) then |
if not utilities.is_set (url) then |
||
format = format .. |
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if |
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then |
||
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); |
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF |
||
else |
else |
||
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation |
||
Line 1,705: | Line 1,725: | ||
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >-------------------------------------------- |
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >-------------------------------------------- |
||
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a |
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag |
||
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. |
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list. |
||
Line 1,727: | Line 1,747: | ||
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal) |
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal) |
||
if is_set (max) then |
if utilities.is_set (max) then |
||
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings |
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings |
||
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. |
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al. |
||
Line 1,734: | Line 1,754: | ||
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number |
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number |
||
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors |
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message |
|||
max = nil; |
|||
end |
end |
||
else -- not a valid keyword or number |
else -- not a valid keyword or number |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message |
||
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set |
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,762: | Line 1,783: | ||
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then |
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text'); -- add maint cat; |
|||
add_maint_cat ('extra_text'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,770: | Line 1,791: | ||
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled |
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled |
||
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled |
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the |
||
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked |
||
Line 1,784: | Line 1,805: | ||
while name_table[i] do |
while name_table[i] do |
||
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled |
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses |
||
local name = name_table[i]; |
local name = name_table[i]; |
||
i=i+1; -- bump indexer to next segment |
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment |
||
while name_table[i] do |
while name_table[i] do |
||
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments |
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments |
||
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled |
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses |
||
break; -- and done reassembling so |
break; -- and done reassembling so |
||
end |
end |
||
i=i+1; |
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer |
||
end |
end |
||
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table |
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table |
||
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink |
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink |
||
else |
else |
||
wl_type, label, link = is_wikilink (name_table[i]); |
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]] |
||
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name |
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name |
||
if 1 == wl_type then |
if 1 == wl_type then |
||
Line 1,805: | Line 1,826: | ||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
i = i+1; |
i = i + 1; |
||
end |
end |
||
return output_table; |
return output_table; |
||
Line 1,818: | Line 1,839: | ||
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names |
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names |
||
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance |
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance |
||
tests, are wrapped in doubled |
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests. |
||
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. |
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th. |
||
This function sets the |
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials. |
||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 1,839: | Line 1,860: | ||
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do |
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do |
||
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor |
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor |
||
local accept_name; |
|||
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to supress vanc formatting and error detection |
|||
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name> |
|||
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parntheses |
|||
-- if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to suppress vanc formatting and error detection |
|||
-- last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parentheses |
|||
if accept_name then |
|||
last = v_name; |
|||
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() |
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people() |
||
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then |
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then |
||
Line 1,848: | Line 1,874: | ||
local lastfirstTable = {} |
local lastfirstTable = {} |
||
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") |
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+") |
||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be |
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix |
||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non- |
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters |
||
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix |
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix |
||
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table |
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table |
||
end |
end |
||
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix |
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix |
||
if not is_set (last) then |
if not utilities.is_set (last) then |
||
first = ''; -- unset |
first = ''; -- unset |
||
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first |
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first |
||
Line 1,864: | Line 1,890: | ||
end |
end |
||
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test |
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test |
||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two initials |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? |
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this? |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (first) then |
if utilities.is_set (first) then |
||
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else |
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else |
||
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials |
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials |
||
end |
end |
||
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit |
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit |
||
if is_set (suffix) then |
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then |
||
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials |
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials |
||
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names |
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names |
||
Line 1,885: | Line 1,911: | ||
end |
end |
||
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], ' |
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i]; |
||
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], ' |
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); |
||
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list |
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list |
||
end |
end |
||
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names |
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names |
||
Line 1,913: | Line 1,939: | ||
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) |
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name) |
||
local lastfirst = false; |
local lastfirst = false; |
||
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice |
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ... |
||
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= |
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors= |
||
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or |
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or |
||
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then |
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then |
||
lastfirst=true; |
lastfirst = true; |
||
end |
end |
||
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or |
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions |
||
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or |
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or |
||
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then |
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then |
||
local err_name; |
local err_name; |
||
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message |
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message |
||
Line 1,929: | Line 1,955: | ||
err_name = 'editor'; |
err_name = 'editor'; |
||
end |
end |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', |
||
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
||
end |
end |
||
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use |
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use |
||
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; |
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end; |
||
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; |
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end; |
||
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last |
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,943: | Line 1,969: | ||
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number |
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number |
||
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing |
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing |
||
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one |
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one |
||
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value |
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value |
||
Line 1,951: | Line 1,977: | ||
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val) |
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val) |
||
if not is_set (value) then |
if not utilities.is_set (value) then |
||
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok |
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok |
||
elseif in_array (value, possible) then |
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then |
||
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword |
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword |
||
else |
else |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message |
||
return ret_val; |
return ret_val; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,972: | Line 1,998: | ||
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) |
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc) |
||
if (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. '. ') then |
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated |
||
return name_list; -- just return the name list |
return name_list; -- just return the name list |
||
elseif (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char |
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char |
||
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another |
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another |
||
else |
else |
||
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise |
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 1,990: | Line 2,016: | ||
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) |
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower) |
||
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then |
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then |
||
return ''; |
return ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then |
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then |
||
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then |
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then |
||
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); |
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower); |
||
elseif is_set (volume) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then |
||
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); |
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower); |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 2,004: | Line 2,030: | ||
end |
end |
||
if 'podcast' == cite_class and is_set (issue) then |
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then |
||
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); |
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,010: | Line 2,036: | ||
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine |
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine |
||
if is_set (volume) then |
if utilities.is_set (volume) then |
||
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase |
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals |
||
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face |
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face |
||
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or |
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters |
||
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); |
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold |
||
add_prop_cat ('long_vol'); |
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol'); |
||
else -- four or less characters |
else -- four or less characters |
||
vol = substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold |
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (issue) then |
if utilities.is_set (issue) then |
||
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); |
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue); |
||
end |
end |
||
return vol; |
return vol; |
||
Line 2,039: | Line 2,065: | ||
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) |
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower) |
||
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators |
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators |
||
if is_set (sheet) then |
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then |
||
if 'journal' == origin then |
if 'journal' == origin then |
||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; |
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), ''; |
||
Line 2,045: | Line 2,071: | ||
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; |
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (sheets) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then |
||
if 'journal' == origin then |
if 'journal' == origin then |
||
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); |
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower); |
||
Line 2,054: | Line 2,080: | ||
end |
end |
||
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); |
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin); |
||
if is_set (page) then |
if utilities.is_set (page) then |
||
if is_journal then |
if is_journal then |
||
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; |
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', ''; |
||
elseif not nopp then |
elseif not nopp then |
||
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; |
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; |
||
else |
else |
||
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; |
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set(pages) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then |
||
if is_journal then |
if is_journal then |
||
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; |
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', ''; |
||
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number |
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number |
||
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
||
elseif not nopp then |
elseif not nopp then |
||
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
||
else |
else |
||
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,084: | Line 2,110: | ||
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. |
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at. |
||
If any of these are interwiki links to |
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text |
||
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki |
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to and external link and |
||
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? |
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it? |
||
Line 2,096: | Line 2,122: | ||
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at) |
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at) |
||
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for |
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?) |
||
if is_set (page) then |
if utilities.is_set (page) then |
||
if is_set (pages) or is_set(at) then |
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then |
||
pages = ''; -- unset the others |
pages = ''; -- unset the others |
||
at = ''; |
at = ''; |
||
Line 2,105: | Line 2,131: | ||
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. |
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. |
||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws |
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label |
||
if ws_url then |
if ws_url then |
||
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
||
page = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); |
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page}); |
||
coins_pages = ws_label; |
coins_pages = ws_label; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (pages) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then |
||
if is_set (at) then |
if utilities.is_set (at) then |
||
at = ''; -- unset |
at = ''; -- unset |
||
end |
end |
||
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. |
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp. |
||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws |
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label |
||
if ws_url then |
if ws_url then |
||
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
||
pages = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); |
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages}); |
||
coins_pages = ws_label; |
coins_pages = ws_label; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (at) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then |
||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws |
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label |
||
if ws_url then |
if ws_url then |
||
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
||
at = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); |
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at}); |
||
coins_pages = ws_label; |
coins_pages = ws_label; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,138: | Line 2,164: | ||
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- |
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >-------------------------------------------- |
||
Check archive.org |
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the |
||
save snapshot |
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...) |
||
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the |
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow |
||
unwitting readers to do. |
unwitting readers to do. |
||
When the archive.org |
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own |
||
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. |
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results. |
||
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and |
||
|archive-date= and an error message when: |
|archive-date= and an error message when: |
||
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command |
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL |
||
|archive-url= is an archive.org |
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the |
||
correct place |
correct place |
||
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= |
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date= |
||
There are two mostly compatible archive.org |
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs: |
||
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form |
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form |
||
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form |
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form |
||
Line 2,161: | Line 2,187: | ||
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. |
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form. |
||
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this |
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified |
||
archive |
archive URL: |
||
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) |
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/) |
||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the |
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified |
||
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) |
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/) |
||
Line 2,171: | Line 2,197: | ||
local function archive_url_check (url, date) |
local function archive_url_check (url, date) |
||
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty |
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty |
||
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive. |
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL |
||
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine |
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL |
||
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate |
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate |
||
end |
end |
||
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command |
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page |
||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; |
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save; |
||
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL |
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL |
||
Line 2,183: | Line 2,209: | ||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; |
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb; |
||
else |
else |
||
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the |
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation |
||
if not is_set(timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then |
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here |
||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; |
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp; |
||
if '*' ~= flag then |
if '*' ~= flag then |
||
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) |
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat) |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set(path) and 'web/' ~= path then |
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element |
||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; |
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path; |
||
elseif is_set (flag) and not is_set (path) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element) |
||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; |
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; |
||
elseif is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then |
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element) |
||
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; |
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag; |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 2,201: | Line 2,227: | ||
end |
end |
||
-- if here, something not right so |
-- if here, something not right so |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and |
||
if is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then |
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then |
||
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate |
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 2,213: | Line 2,239: | ||
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because |
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because |
||
many editors |
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that) |
||
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits |
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits |
||
Line 2,220: | Line 2,246: | ||
local function place_check (param_val) |
local function place_check (param_val) |
||
if not is_set (param_val) then |
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted |
||
return param_val; -- return that empty state |
return param_val; -- return that empty state |
||
end |
end |
||
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value |
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat |
|||
end |
end |
||
return param_val; -- and done |
return param_val; -- and done |
||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >---------------------------------------------- |
|||
compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns. Returns true when pattern matches; nil else |
|||
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language |
|||
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in |
|||
index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true) |
|||
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so |
|||
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles. |
|||
]] |
|||
local function is_generic_title (title) |
|||
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case |
|||
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do --spin through the list of known generic title fragments |
|||
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then |
|||
return true; -- found English generic title so done |
|||
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title |
|||
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script |
|||
return true; -- found local generic title so done |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >---------------------------------------------- |
|||
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else |
|||
]] |
|||
local function is_archived_copy (title) |
|||
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case |
|||
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy' |
|||
return true; |
|||
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then |
|||
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script |
|||
return true; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,243: | Line 2,313: | ||
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. |
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable. |
||
]] |
]] |
||
local A = argument_wrapper( args ); |
local A = argument_wrapper ( args ); |
||
local i |
local i |
||
Line 2,255: | Line 2,325: | ||
local Authors; |
local Authors; |
||
local |
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); |
||
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; |
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration']; |
||
Line 2,263: | Line 2,333: | ||
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= |
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= |
||
elseif 2 == selected then |
elseif 2 == selected then |
||
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be |
|||
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= |
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn= |
||
elseif 3 == selected then |
elseif 3 == selected then |
||
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= |
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors= |
||
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= |
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors= |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO: |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Collaboration) then |
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then |
||
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required |
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,287: | Line 2,357: | ||
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= |
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= |
||
elseif 2 == selected then |
elseif 2 == selected then |
||
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be |
|||
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= |
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn= |
||
elseif 3 == selected then |
elseif 3 == selected then |
||
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= |
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors= |
||
add_maint_cat ('editors'); -- but add a maint cat because use of this parameter is discouraged |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,316: | Line 2,385: | ||
end |
end |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites |
||
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= |
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn= |
||
if 0 < #c then |
if 0 < #c then |
||
if not is_set (Contribution) then |
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution= |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message |
||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later |
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later |
||
end |
end |
||
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= |
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author= |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message |
||
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later |
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
else -- if not a book cite |
else -- if not a book cite |
||
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], ' |
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters? |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message |
||
end |
end |
||
Contribution = nil; -- unset |
Contribution = nil; -- unset |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Others) then |
if utilities.is_set (Others) then |
||
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= |
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor= |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_others'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,344: | Line 2,413: | ||
local Year = A['Year']; |
local Year = A['Year']; |
||
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; |
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate']; |
||
local |
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate']; |
||
local Date = A['Date']; |
local Date = A['Date']; |
||
local LayDate = A['LayDate']; |
local LayDate = A['LayDate']; |
||
Line 2,356: | Line 2,425: | ||
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; |
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote']; |
||
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; |
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink']; |
||
link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wikimarkup in |title-link= or wikimarkup in |title= when |title-link= is set |
|||
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto |
|||
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatnation if not used |
|||
local accept_link; |
|||
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup |
|||
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords |
|||
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later |
|||
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty |
|||
end |
|||
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set |
|||
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used |
|||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then |
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then |
||
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} |
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}} |
||
Line 2,366: | Line 2,444: | ||
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; |
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter']; |
||
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); |
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter'); |
||
local ChapterLink |
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode |
||
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; |
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter']; |
||
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); |
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter'); |
||
Line 2,380: | Line 2,458: | ||
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); |
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], ''); |
||
local URL = A['URL'] |
local URL = A['URL'] |
||
Line 2,392: | Line 2,469: | ||
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; |
local Periodical = A['Periodical']; |
||
local Periodical_origin = ''; |
local Periodical_origin = ''; |
||
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then |
|||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter |
|||
local i; |
|||
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated |
|||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} |
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}} |
||
if is_set (Periodical) and is_set (A ['MailingList']) then |
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )}); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,410: | Line 2,487: | ||
end |
end |
||
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; |
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical']; |
||
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); |
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical'); |
||
-- web and news not tested for now because of |
|||
-- web and news not tested for now because of |
|||
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? |
|||
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors? |
|||
if not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter |
|||
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter |
|||
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message |
|||
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message |
|||
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message |
|||
if p[config.CitationClass] then |
|||
if p[config.CitationClass] then |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; |
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical']; |
||
Line 2,437: | Line 2,512: | ||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then |
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then |
||
if is_set (Periodical) then |
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then |
||
if not in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' |
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals' |
||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' |
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then |
||
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= |
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website= |
||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' |
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals' |
||
Line 2,448: | Line 2,523: | ||
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites |
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then |
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings |
||
Volume = A['Volume']; |
Volume = A['Volume']; |
||
end |
end |
||
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then |
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then |
||
if is_set (Periodical) and in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals' |
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals' |
||
is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals' |
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals' |
||
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); |
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then |
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table |
||
if not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then |
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then |
||
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); |
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,464: | Line 2,539: | ||
local Position = ''; |
local Position = ''; |
||
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then |
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then |
||
Page = A['Page']; |
Page = A['Page']; |
||
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); |
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']); |
||
Line 2,476: | Line 2,551: | ||
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; |
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName']; |
||
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); |
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName'); |
||
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then |
|||
local i = 0; |
|||
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized |
|||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)}); |
|||
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {set_error ('apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)}); |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
|||
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? |
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup? |
||
Line 2,489: | Line 2,563: | ||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then |
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then |
||
if is_set (PublisherName) then |
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup |
||
local error_text = |
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true); |
||
if is_set (error_text) then |
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); |
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} ); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,500: | Line 2,574: | ||
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
||
if not is_set(URL) and is_set(UrlAccess) then |
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then |
||
UrlAccess = nil; |
UrlAccess = nil; |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
||
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then |
|||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } ); |
|||
end |
|||
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil); |
||
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then |
|||
MapUrlAccess = nil; |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } ); |
|||
end |
|||
local Via = A['Via']; |
local Via = A['Via']; |
||
Line 2,530: | Line 2,604: | ||
local Embargo = A['Embargo']; |
local Embargo = A['Embargo']; |
||
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier |
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier |
||
local ID_list = extract_ids( args ); |
|||
if is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list['DOI'] then |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))}); |
|||
end |
|||
local ID_access_levels = extract_id_access_levels( args, ID_list ); |
|||
local Quote = A['Quote']; |
local Quote = A['Quote']; |
||
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage']; |
|||
local QuotePages = A['QuotePages']; |
|||
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote']; |
|||
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote']; |
|||
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; |
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat']; |
||
Line 2,550: | Line 2,622: | ||
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); |
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); |
||
if 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_nocat'); -- this one so that we get the message; see main categorization at end of citation0() |
|||
end |
|||
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters |
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters |
||
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text |
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text |
||
Line 2,558: | Line 2,633: | ||
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); |
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], ''); |
||
if not is_set (DF) then |
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then |
||
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local df if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template |
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,566: | Line 2,641: | ||
local Ref = A['Ref']; |
local Ref = A['Ref']; |
||
if 'harv' == Ref then |
if 'harv' == Ref then |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value |
|||
elseif not is_set (Ref) then |
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then |
||
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally |
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally |
||
end |
end |
||
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass); |
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass); |
||
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text |
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text |
||
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories |
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories |
||
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then |
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page |
||
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then |
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then |
||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
||
end |
end |
||
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns |
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns |
||
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern |
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern |
||
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats |
||
Line 2,587: | Line 2,662: | ||
end |
end |
||
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) |
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it) |
||
select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, ' |
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category |
||
local coins_pages; |
local coins_pages; |
||
Line 2,595: | Line 2,670: | ||
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); |
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil); |
||
if is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then |
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different |
||
add_prop_cat ('location test'); |
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together |
||
if PublicationPlace == Place then |
if PublicationPlace == Place then |
||
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same |
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif not is_set (PublicationPlace) and is_set (Place) then |
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ... |
||
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place |
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,609: | Line 2,684: | ||
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: |
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia: |
||
When the citation has these parameters: |
When the citation has these parameters: |
||
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= |
||
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title |
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= |
||
|trans-title maps to |trans-chapter when |title is re-mapped |
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped |
||
|url maps to | |
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped |
||
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified |
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified |
||
]] |
]] |
||
Line 2,621: | Line 2,696: | ||
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS |
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS |
||
if is_set (Encyclopedia) then |
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}} |
||
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then |
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then |
||
table.insert (z.message_tail, { |
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)}); |
||
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template |
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
||
if is_set (Periodical) and is_set (Encyclopedia) then |
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error |
||
table.insert (z.message_tail, { |
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )}); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Encyclopedia) then |
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then |
||
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia |
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia |
||
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); |
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia'); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Periodical) then |
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set |
||
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then |
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then |
||
if not is_set(Chapter) then |
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then |
||
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title |
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= |
||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; |
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; |
||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') |
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle') |
||
Line 2,650: | Line 2,725: | ||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; |
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; |
||
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then |
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then |
||
Chapter = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); |
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter); |
||
end |
end |
||
Title = Periodical; |
Title = Periodical; |
||
Line 2,662: | Line 2,737: | ||
ScriptTitle = ''; |
ScriptTitle = ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (Chapter) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set |
||
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set so map |encyclopedia to |title |
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= |
||
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset |
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,669: | Line 2,744: | ||
end |
end |
||
-- |
-- special case for cite techreport. |
||
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport |
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport |
||
if is_set(A['Number']) then |
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue' |
||
if not is_set(ID) then |
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"? |
||
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it |
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it |
||
else -- ID has a value so emit error message |
else -- ID has a value so emit error message |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )}); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,682: | Line 2,757: | ||
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. |
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data. |
||
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then |
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then |
||
if is_set(BookTitle) then |
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then |
||
Chapter = Title; |
Chapter = Title; |
||
Chapter_origin = 'title'; |
Chapter_origin = 'title'; |
||
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- | |
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated |
||
ChapterURL = URL; |
ChapterURL = URL; |
||
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; |
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess; |
||
Line 2,709: | Line 2,784: | ||
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; |
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or ''; |
||
if config.CitationClass == "map" then |
if config.CitationClass == "map" then |
||
if is_set (Chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
||
end |
end |
||
Chapter = A['Map']; |
Chapter = A['Map']; |
||
Line 2,724: | Line 2,799: | ||
Cartography = A['Cartography']; |
Cartography = A['Cartography']; |
||
if is_set( Cartography ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then |
||
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); |
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase); |
||
end |
end |
||
Scale = A['Scale']; |
Scale = A['Scale']; |
||
if is_set( Scale ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then |
||
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; |
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,737: | Line 2,812: | ||
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; |
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink']; |
||
link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for |
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set |
||
local Network = A['Network']; |
local Network = A['Network']; |
||
Line 2,743: | Line 2,818: | ||
local s, n = {}, {}; |
local s, n = {}, {}; |
||
-- do common parameters first |
-- do common parameters first |
||
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end |
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end |
||
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end |
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end |
||
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); |
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' '); |
||
Line 2,751: | Line 2,826: | ||
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; |
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber']; |
||
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then |
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
||
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= |
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno= |
||
end |
end |
||
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series |
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series |
||
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end |
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end |
||
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end |
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end |
||
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end |
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end |
||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter |
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter |
||
Line 2,764: | Line 2,839: | ||
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; |
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle; |
||
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); |
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle'); |
||
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link= |
||
TransChapter = TransTitle; |
TransChapter = TransTitle; |
||
ChapterURL = URL; |
ChapterURL = URL; |
||
Line 2,774: | Line 2,849: | ||
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number |
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number |
||
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then |
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL |
||
Chapter = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); |
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter); |
||
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode; |
||
Series = make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); |
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series); |
||
end |
end |
||
URL = ''; -- unset |
URL = ''; -- unset |
||
Line 2,786: | Line 2,861: | ||
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial |
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial |
||
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? |
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday? |
||
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then |
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then |
||
Series = make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); |
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series); |
||
end |
end |
||
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); |
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff |
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff |
||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. |
|||
do |
|||
if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then |
|||
if not is_set (ID_list[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
|||
end |
|||
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values |
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then |
||
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); |
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType); |
||
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then |
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis |
||
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); |
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower(); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(TitleType) then |
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified |
||
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); |
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses |
||
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem |
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,821: | Line 2,885: | ||
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging |
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging |
||
if not is_set (Date) then |
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then |
||
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date |
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date |
||
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF |
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF |
||
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then |
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set |
||
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date |
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date |
||
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed |
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed |
||
Line 2,847: | Line 2,911: | ||
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it |
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it |
||
local date_parameters_list = { |
local date_parameters_list = { |
||
['access-date'] = {val=AccessDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, |
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')}, |
||
['archive-date'] = {val=ArchiveDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, |
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')}, |
||
['date'] = {val=Date, name=Date_origin}, |
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin}, |
||
['doi-broken-date'] = {val=DoiBroken, name=A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, |
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')}, |
||
['embargo'] = {val=Embargo, name=A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, |
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')}, |
||
['lay-date'] = {val=LayDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, |
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')}, |
||
['publication-date'] ={val=PublicationDate, name=A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, |
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')}, |
||
['year'] = {val=Year, name=A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, |
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')}, |
||
}; |
}; |
||
anchor_year, Embargo, error_message = dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date); |
|||
local error_list = {}; |
|||
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list); |
|||
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization |
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization |
||
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then |
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then |
||
add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty'); |
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty'); |
||
end |
end |
||
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization |
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization |
||
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then |
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; |
||
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date) |
local mismatch = validation.year_date_check (Year, Date); |
||
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= |
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date= |
||
table.insert (error_list, '<code class="cs1-code">|year= / |date= mismatch</code>'); |
|||
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message |
|||
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message |
|||
end |
|||
error_message = error_message .. '|year= / |date= mismatch'; |
|||
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= |
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date= |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat |
|||
add_maint_cat ('date_year'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if |
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty |
||
local modified = false; -- flag |
local modified = false; -- flag |
||
if is_set (DF) then |
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates |
||
modified = reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF |
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate |
||
end |
end |
||
if true == date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then |
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate |
||
modified = true; |
modified = true; |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category |
|||
end |
end |
||
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, |
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language, |
||
-- uncomment |
-- uncomment the next three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons) |
||
-- set date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates) |
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates) |
||
-- if date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then |
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then |
||
-- modified = true; |
-- modified = true; |
||
-- end |
-- end |
||
Line 2,904: | Line 2,967: | ||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
table.insert |
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message |
||
end |
end |
||
end -- end of do |
end -- end of do |
||
local ID_list_coins = identifiers.extract_ids (args); -- gets identifiers and their values from args; this list used for COinS and source for build_id_list() |
|||
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free |
|||
if utilities.is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list_coins['DOI'] then |
|||
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date |
|||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))}); |
|||
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); |
|||
end |
|||
local ID_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list_coins); |
|||
local ID_list = identifiers.build_id_list (ID_list_coins, {IdAccessLevels = ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}); -- render identifiers |
|||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data. |
|||
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and not is_set(TitleLink) then |
|||
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then |
|||
if is_set(ID_list['PMC']) and not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired |
|||
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates |
|||
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed |
|||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message |
|||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= |
|||
elseif is_set(ID_list['DOI']) and ID_access_levels['DOI'] == "free" then |
|||
URL=cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].prefix .. ID_list['DOI']; |
|||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; |
|||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(URL) and is_set(AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; pmc or doi created url is not |url= |
|||
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass]; |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); |
|||
end |
|||
AccessDate = ''; -- unset |
|||
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free |
|||
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead |
|||
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled |
|||
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection |
|||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link |
|||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= |
|||
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC |
|||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed |
|||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title= |
|||
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI |
|||
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi']; |
|||
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1]; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url= |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message |
|||
AccessDate = ''; -- unset |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,928: | Line 3,011: | ||
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. |
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact. |
||
-- Test if citation has no title |
-- Test if citation has no title |
||
if not is_set(Title) and not is_set(TransTitle) and not is_set(ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode |
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
if cfg.keywords_xlate[Title] |
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and |
||
in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and |
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and |
||
(is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and |
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and |
||
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites |
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites |
||
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string |
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat |
|||
add_maint_cat ('untitled'); |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 2,954: | Line 3,037: | ||
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required |
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required |
||
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu |
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu |
||
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
||
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then |
||
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap |
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap |
||
coins_title = Periodical; |
coins_title = Periodical; |
||
Line 2,964: | Line 3,047: | ||
coins_author = c; -- use that instead |
coins_author = c; -- use that instead |
||
end |
end |
||
-- this is the function call to COinS() |
-- this is the function call to COinS() |
||
local OCinSoutput = COinS({ |
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({ |
||
['Periodical'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), |
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata |
||
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS |
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS |
||
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), |
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup |
||
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only |
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only |
||
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), |
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup |
||
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, |
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace, |
||
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; |
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; |
||
Line 2,980: | Line 3,063: | ||
['Volume'] = Volume, |
['Volume'] = Volume, |
||
['Issue'] = Issue, |
['Issue'] = Issue, |
||
['Pages'] = coins_pages or get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links |
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links |
||
['Edition'] = Edition, |
['Edition'] = Edition, |
||
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName |
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName |
||
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), |
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2), |
||
['Authors'] = coins_author, |
['Authors'] = coins_author, |
||
['ID_list'] = |
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins, |
||
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, |
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText, |
||
}, config.CitationClass); |
}, config.CitationClass); |
||
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. |
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data. |
||
if in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed |
||
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal |
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal |
||
end |
end |
||
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text |
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text |
||
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Newsgroup) then |
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then |
||
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); |
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil )); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,006: | Line 3,089: | ||
local last_first_list; |
local last_first_list; |
||
local control = { |
local control = { |
||
format = |
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc' |
||
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set |
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set |
||
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, |
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp, |
||
Line 3,016: | Line 3,099: | ||
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); |
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal); |
||
if is_set (Editors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then |
||
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
||
if editor_etal then |
if editor_etal then |
||
Line 3,047: | Line 3,130: | ||
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); |
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal); |
||
if is_set (Authors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then |
||
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al. |
||
if author_etal then |
if author_etal then |
||
Line 3,057: | Line 3,140: | ||
end -- end of do |
end -- end of do |
||
if is_set (Authors) and is_set (Collaboration) then |
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then |
||
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. |
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al. |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,064: | Line 3,147: | ||
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, |
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation, |
||
-- an error message if the associated |
-- an error message if the associated URL is not set, or an empty string for concatenation |
||
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); |
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url'); |
||
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); |
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url'); |
||
Line 3,072: | Line 3,155: | ||
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported |
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported |
||
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or |
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or |
||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then |
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then |
||
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); |
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'); |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set(URL) then |
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist |
||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= |
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website= |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? |
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=? |
||
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then |
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set; |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); |
||
AccessDate = ''; |
AccessDate = ''; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,092: | Line 3,175: | ||
local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; |
local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess; |
||
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text |
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text |
||
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then |
||
if is_set (ChapterURL) then |
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it |
||
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text |
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text |
||
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages |
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages |
||
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= |
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format= |
||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then |
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then |
||
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's |
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL |
||
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages |
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages |
||
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
||
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived |
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (URL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then |
||
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL |
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL |
||
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; |
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages |
||
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= |
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format= |
||
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; |
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess; |
||
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it |
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it |
||
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's |
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL |
||
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive |
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages |
||
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format |
||
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived |
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia |
||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then |
||
local chap_param; |
local chap_param; |
||
if is_set (Chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters |
||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') |
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') |
||
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then |
||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') |
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter') |
||
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then |
||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') |
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL') |
||
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then |
||
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; |
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin; |
||
else is_set (ChapterFormat) |
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) |
||
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') |
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat') |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (chap_param) then |
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message |
||
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation |
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation |
||
TransChapter = ''; |
TransChapter = ''; |
||
Line 3,144: | Line 3,227: | ||
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title |
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title |
||
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value |
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value |
||
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then |
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s) |
||
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title |
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title |
||
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted |
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,151: | Line 3,234: | ||
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter |
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter |
||
if is_set (Chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then |
||
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; |
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ; |
||
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then |
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then |
||
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title |
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title |
||
end |
end |
||
Chapter = Chapter.. sepc .. ' '; |
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' '; |
||
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ... |
||
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it |
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,163: | Line 3,246: | ||
-- Format main title |
-- Format main title |
||
local plain_title = false; |
|||
if is_set (ArchiveURL) and |
|||
local accept_title; |
|||
(mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) or -- if title is 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title) |
|||
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title> |
|||
mw.ustring.match (mw.ustring.lower(Title), cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'])) then -- local-wiki's form |
|||
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())" |
|||
add_maint_cat ('archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title |
|||
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message |
|||
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting |
|||
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now |
|||
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now |
|||
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat |
|||
end |
end |
||
if |
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup |
||
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title= |
|||
else |
|||
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if elipsis is the last three characters of |title= |
|||
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three |
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three |
||
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... |
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ... |
||
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) |
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.) |
||
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%'..sepc..'$', ''); |
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters |
||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then |
|||
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title |
|||
end |
|||
if is_generic_title (Title) then |
|||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or |
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or |
||
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or |
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or |
||
('map' == config.CitationClass and (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article |
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article |
||
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from |
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks |
||
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); |
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title); |
||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang |
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
||
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); |
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); |
||
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report |
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above) |
||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang |
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
||
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title |
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title |
||
else |
else |
||
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); |
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title); |
||
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang |
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped |
||
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); |
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle); |
||
end |
end |
||
local TransError = ""; |
local TransError = ""; |
||
if is_set(TransTitle) then |
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then |
||
if is_set(Title) then |
if utilities.is_set (Title) then |
||
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; |
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle; |
||
else |
else |
||
TransError = " " .. |
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} ); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Title) then |
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs? |
||
if is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then |
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both |
||
TitleLink = ''; -- unset |
TitleLink = ''; -- unset |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set (TitleLink) and is_set (URL) then |
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then |
||
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; |
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format; |
||
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed |
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed |
||
Format = ""; |
Format = ""; |
||
elseif is_set (TitleLink) and not is_set (URL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then |
||
local ws_url; |
local ws_url; |
||
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here |
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here |
||
if ws_url then |
if ws_url then |
||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
||
Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); |
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title}); |
||
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; |
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; |
||
else |
else |
||
Title = make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError; |
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError; |
||
end |
end |
||
else |
else |
||
local ws_url, ws_label; |
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink) |
||
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws |
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label |
||
if ws_url then |
if ws_url then |
||
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup |
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup |
||
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this? |
||
Title = substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); |
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title}); |
||
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; |
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError; |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 3,241: | Line 3,336: | ||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Place) then |
if utilities.is_set (Place) then |
||
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; |
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " "; |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Conference) then |
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then |
||
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then |
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then |
||
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); |
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); |
||
end |
end |
||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; |
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat; |
||
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then |
||
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); |
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil ); |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set(Position) then |
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then |
||
local Minutes = A['Minutes']; |
local Minutes = A['Minutes']; |
||
local Time = A['Time']; |
local Time = A['Time']; |
||
if is_set(Minutes) then |
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then |
||
if is_set (Time) then |
if utilities.is_set (Time) then |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; |
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes']; |
||
else |
else |
||
if is_set(Time) then |
if utilities.is_set (Time) then |
||
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] |
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption'] |
||
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then |
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then |
||
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; |
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event']; |
||
if sepc ~= '.' then |
if sepc ~= '.' then |
||
Line 3,282: | Line 3,377: | ||
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); |
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase); |
||
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; |
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or ""; |
||
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; |
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or ""; |
||
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then |
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then |
||
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier |
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier |
||
local Inset = A['Inset']; |
local Inset = A['Inset']; |
||
if is_set( Inset ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then |
||
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); |
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set( Sections ) then |
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then |
||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); |
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase); |
||
elseif is_set( Section ) then |
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then |
||
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); |
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,300: | Line 3,395: | ||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Language) then |
if utilities.is_set (Language) then |
||
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc |
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc. |
||
else |
else |
||
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; |
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string; |
||
Line 3,309: | Line 3,404: | ||
end |
end |
||
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; |
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or ""; |
||
if is_set (Translators) then |
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then |
||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); |
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Interviewers) then |
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then |
||
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); |
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc); |
||
end |
end |
||
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; |
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or ""; |
||
if is_set (Edition) then |
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then |
||
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then |
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text', 'edition'); -- add maint cat |
|||
end |
end |
||
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); |
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition); |
||
Line 3,328: | Line 3,423: | ||
end |
end |
||
Series = is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; |
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum |
||
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or ''; |
|||
Agency = is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; |
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or ""; |
||
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); |
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase); |
||
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data |
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data |
||
Via = is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; |
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or ''; |
||
if is_set(AccessDate) then |
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then |
||
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] |
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved'] |
||
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format |
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format |
||
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case |
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case |
||
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); |
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text |
||
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates |
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end |
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end |
||
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then |
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then |
||
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID; |
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID; |
||
end |
end |
||
if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then |
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set |
||
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set |
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set |
||
end |
end |
||
if utilities.is_set (URL) then |
|||
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {IdAccessLevels=ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} ); |
|||
if is_set(URL) then |
|||
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); |
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess ); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Quote) then |
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then |
||
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks |
|||
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then |
|||
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off |
|||
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks |
|||
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off |
|||
end |
|||
end |
end |
||
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags |
|||
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags |
|||
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then |
|||
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then |
|||
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks |
|||
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off |
|||
end |
|||
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote ); |
|||
end |
|||
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix |
|||
local quote_prefix = ''; |
|||
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then |
|||
if not NoPP then |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; |
|||
else |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', ''; |
|||
end |
|||
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then |
|||
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; |
|||
elseif not NoPP then |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; |
|||
else |
|||
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', ''; |
|||
end |
|||
end |
|||
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote; |
|||
else |
|||
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote; |
|||
end |
|||
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set |
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set |
||
end |
end |
||
local Archived |
local Archived |
||
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then |
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then |
||
local arch_text; |
local arch_text; |
||
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then |
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then |
||
ArchiveDate = |
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); |
||
end |
end |
||
if "live" == UrlStatus then |
if "live" == UrlStatus then |
||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; |
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived']; |
||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-live'], |
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'], |
||
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); |
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } ); |
||
if not is_set (OriginalURL) then |
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then |
||
Archived = Archived .. " " .. |
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown' |
||
if in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then |
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then |
||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; |
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit']; |
||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled |
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled |
||
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then |
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added |
|||
else |
else |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added |
|||
end |
end |
||
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' |
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead' |
||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; |
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead']; |
||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, |
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, |
||
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled |
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,401: | Line 3,533: | ||
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; |
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing']; |
||
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end |
||
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, |
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text, |
||
{ |
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } ); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then |
||
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message |
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 3,411: | Line 3,543: | ||
local Lay = ''; |
local Lay = ''; |
||
if is_set(LayURL) then |
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then |
||
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end |
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end |
||
if is_set(LaySource) then |
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then |
||
LaySource = " – ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''"; |
LaySource = " – ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''"; |
||
else |
else |
||
LaySource = ""; |
LaySource = ""; |
||
Line 3,423: | Line 3,555: | ||
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate |
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url= |
||
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message |
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Transcript) then |
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then |
||
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then |
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then |
||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); |
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); |
||
end |
end |
||
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; |
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat; |
||
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then |
||
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); |
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil ); |
||
end |
end |
||
local Publisher; |
local Publisher; |
||
if is_set(PublicationDate) then |
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then |
||
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); |
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(PublisherName) then |
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then |
||
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then |
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then |
||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
||
else |
else |
||
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then |
||
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; |
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate; |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 3,453: | Line 3,585: | ||
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. |
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last. |
||
if (is_set (Periodical) or is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or is_set (TransPeriodical)) then |
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then |
||
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then |
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then |
||
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); |
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin); |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 3,467: | Line 3,599: | ||
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only |
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only |
||
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation |
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation |
||
if is_set (Periodical) then |
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter |
||
if is_set (Conference) then |
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set |
||
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering |
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,481: | Line 3,613: | ||
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set |
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then |
||
if is_set(Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? |
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here? |
||
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); |
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc ); |
||
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites |
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites |
||
if is_set (Contributors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc. |
||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 |
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2 |
||
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); |
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); |
||
Line 3,493: | Line 3,625: | ||
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map |
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map |
||
if is_set (Chapter) then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter |
||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); |
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); |
||
elseif is_set (Periodical) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical |
||
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); |
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc ); |
||
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map |
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map |
||
Line 3,525: | Line 3,657: | ||
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; |
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At; |
||
if is_set(Date) then |
if utilities.is_set (Date) then |
||
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set |
||
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. |
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses |
||
else -- neither of authors and editors set |
else -- neither of authors and editors set |
||
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then |
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc |
||
Date = " " .. Date .. |
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc |
||
else |
else |
||
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. |
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Authors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then |
||
if (not is_set (Date)) then |
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination |
||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Editors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then |
||
local in_text = " "; |
local in_text = " "; |
||
local post_text = ""; |
local post_text = ""; |
||
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then |
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then |
||
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " |
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " " |
||
if (sepc ~= '.') then |
if (sepc ~= '.') then |
||
Line 3,556: | Line 3,688: | ||
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set (Contributors) then |
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc. |
||
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; |
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' '; |
||
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 |
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2 |
||
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here |
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here |
||
if is_set (Editors) and is_set (Date) then |
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated |
||
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
||
end |
end |
||
if (not is_set (Date)) then |
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination |
||
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,570: | Line 3,702: | ||
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); |
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc ); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif is_set(Editors) then |
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then |
||
if is_set(Date) then |
if utilities.is_set (Date) then |
||
if EditorCount <= 1 then |
if EditorCount <= 1 then |
||
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; |
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor']; |
||
Line 3,586: | Line 3,718: | ||
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); |
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc ); |
||
else |
else |
||
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then |
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then |
||
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); |
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc ); |
||
else |
else |
||
Line 3,593: | Line 3,725: | ||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then |
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then |
||
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. |
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc. |
||
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1); |
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1); |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,603: | Line 3,735: | ||
local options = {}; |
local options = {}; |
||
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then |
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then |
||
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= |
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref= |
||
else |
else |
||
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2'); |
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2'); |
||
end |
end |
||
if is_set(Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then |
if utilities.is_set (Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then |
||
local id = Ref |
local id = Ref |
||
if ('harv' == Ref ) then |
if ('harv' == Ref ) then |
||
Line 3,631: | Line 3,763: | ||
end |
end |
||
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other |
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains |
||
z.error_categories = {}; |
z.error_categories = {}; |
||
text = |
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); |
||
z.message_tail = {}; |
z.message_tail = {}; |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,639: | Line 3,771: | ||
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation |
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation |
||
if is_set(options.id) then |
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags |
||
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set |
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set |
||
else |
else |
||
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases |
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases |
||
end |
end |
||
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation |
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation |
||
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then |
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then |
||
table.insert (render, ' '); |
table.insert (render, ' '); |
||
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do |
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do |
||
if is_set(v[1]) then |
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then |
||
if i == #z.message_tail then |
if i == #z.message_tail then |
||
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1], v[2] )); |
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] )); |
||
else |
else |
||
table.insert (render, error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); |
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] )); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,666: | Line 3,798: | ||
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name |
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name |
||
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text |
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text |
||
table.insert (maint, make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link |
table.insert (maint, utilities.make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link |
||
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it |
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it |
||
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table |
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table |
||
end |
end |
||
table.insert (render, substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save |
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save |
||
end |
end |
||
if not no_tracking_cats then |
if not no_tracking_cats then |
||
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do |
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do |
||
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); |
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); |
||
end |
end |
||
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories |
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories |
||
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); |
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); |
||
end |
end |
||
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories |
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories |
||
table.insert (render, make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); |
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v)); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then -- peculiar special case; can't track nocat without tracking nocat |
|||
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:CS1 maint: nocat')); -- hand-set this category because it is supposed to be temporary |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,700: | Line 3,834: | ||
]] |
]] |
||
local function validate (name, cite_class) |
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty) |
||
local name = tostring (name); |
local name = tostring (name); |
||
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#' |
|||
local state; |
local state; |
||
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values |
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values |
||
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter |
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter |
||
if false == state then |
if false == state then |
||
if empty then return nil; end -- deprecated empty parameters are treated as unknowns |
|||
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported |
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported |
||
return true; |
return true; |
||
Line 3,716: | Line 3,852: | ||
end |
end |
||
if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then |
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates |
||
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; |
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name]; |
||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
||
Line 3,724: | Line 3,860: | ||
-- limited enumerated parameters list |
-- limited enumerated parameters list |
||
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) |
|||
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[ |
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name]; |
||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
||
Line 3,731: | Line 3,867: | ||
end -- end limited parameter-set templates |
end -- end limited parameter-set templates |
||
if in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then |
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list |
||
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class |
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class |
||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
||
Line 3,740: | Line 3,876: | ||
-- all enumerated parameters allowed |
-- all enumerated parameters allowed |
||
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits) |
|||
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ |
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name]; |
||
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end |
||
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil |
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil |
||
end |
|||
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >---------------------------------------------- |
|||
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language |
|||
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon): |
|||
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text |
|||
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text |
|||
return value as is else |
|||
]=] |
|||
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value) |
|||
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists |
|||
local _; |
|||
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so |
|||
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message |
|||
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink |
|||
end |
|||
return value; |
|||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,754: | Line 3,913: | ||
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: |
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made: |
||
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name |
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name |
||
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by |
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki) |
||
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with |
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML |
||
tags are removed before the search. |
tags are removed before the search. |
||
Line 3,764: | Line 3,923: | ||
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) |
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value) |
||
local capture; |
local capture; |
||
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove |
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc. |
||
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes |
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes |
||
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name |
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name |
||
table.insert( z.message_tail, { |
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)}); |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,790: | Line 3,949: | ||
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then |
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then |
||
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat |
|||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,802: | Line 3,961: | ||
local function citation(frame) |
local function citation(frame) |
||
Frame = frame; -- save a copy |
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode |
||
local pframe = frame:getParent() |
local pframe = frame:getParent() |
||
local |
local styles; |
||
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? |
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version? |
||
Line 3,823: | Line 3,982: | ||
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); |
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS'); |
||
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; |
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css'; |
||
end |
end |
||
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the cfg tables |
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables |
||
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module |
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module |
||
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module |
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module |
||
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module |
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module |
||
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation |
|||
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check; |
|||
reformat_dates = validation.reformat_dates; |
|||
date_hyphen_to_dash = validation.date_hyphen_to_dash; |
|||
date_name_xlate = validation.date_name_xlate; |
|||
is_set = utilities.is_set; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
|||
in_array = utilities.in_array; |
|||
substitute = utilities.substitute; |
|||
error_comment = utilities.error_comment; |
|||
set_error = utilities.set_error; |
|||
select_one = utilities.select_one; |
|||
add_maint_cat = utilities.add_maint_cat; |
|||
wrap_style = utilities.wrap_style; |
|||
safe_for_italics = utilities.safe_for_italics; |
|||
is_wikilink = utilities.is_wikilink; |
|||
make_wikilink = utilities.make_wikilink; |
|||
strip_apostrophe_markup = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup; |
|||
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities |
||
extract_ids = identifiers.extract_ids; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers |
|||
build_id_list = identifiers.build_id_list; |
|||
is_embargoed = identifiers.is_embargoed; |
|||
extract_id_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels; |
|||
make_coins_title = metadata.make_coins_title; -- imported functions from Module:Citation/CS1/COinS |
|||
get_coins_pages = metadata.get_coins_pages; |
|||
COinS = metadata.COinS; |
|||
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments |
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments |
||
Line 3,872: | Line 4,002: | ||
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns |
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns |
||
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing |
|||
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame |
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame |
||
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string |
|||
if v ~= '' then |
if v ~= '' then |
||
if ('string' == type (k)) then |
if ('string' == type (k)) then |
||
Line 3,880: | Line 4,012: | ||
error_text = ""; |
error_text = ""; |
||
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then |
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then |
||
-- |
-- exclude empty numbered parameters |
||
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then |
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then |
||
error_text, error_state = |
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true ); |
||
end |
end |
||
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then |
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then |
||
error_text, error_state = |
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter |
||
else |
else |
||
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it |
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it |
||
Line 3,895: | Line 4,027: | ||
end |
end |
||
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter |
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter |
||
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no |
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match |
||
if capture then -- if the pattern matches |
if capture then -- if the pattern matches |
||
param = substitute (param, capture); |
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator) |
||
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) |
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists) |
||
error_text, error_state = |
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message |
||
else |
else |
||
error_text, error_state = |
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template |
||
v = ''; -- unset |
v = ''; -- unset |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
end |
end |
||
if not is_set (error_text) then |
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion? |
||
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then |
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then |
||
error_text, error_state = |
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true ); |
||
else |
else |
||
error_text, error_state = |
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); |
||
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) |
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists) |
||
end |
end |
||
Line 3,922: | Line 4,054: | ||
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value |
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value |
||
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters |
|||
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter |
|||
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text |
|||
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list |
|||
end |
|||
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? |
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep? |
||
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) |
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that) |
||
Line 3,927: | Line 4,064: | ||
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? |
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact? |
||
end |
end |
||
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message |
|||
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', { |
|||
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's', |
|||
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns) |
|||
}, true )}); |
|||
end |
|||
for k, v in pairs( args ) do |
for k, v in pairs( args ) do |
||
Line 3,934: | Line 4,078: | ||
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values |
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values |
||
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? |
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe? |
||
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label |
|||
end |
end |
||
Revision as of 18:47, October 11, 2020
This Lua module is used on approximately 5,360,000 pages, or roughly 23909% of all pages. To avoid major disruption and server load, any changes should be tested in the module's /sandbox or /testcases subpages, or in your own module sandbox. The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. Consider discussing changes on the talk page before implementing them. |
This module uses TemplateStyles: |
This module is subject to page protection. It is a highly visible module in use by a very large number of pages, or is substituted very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is protected from editing. |
This module and associated sub-modules support the Citation Style 1 and Template:Cs2 citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates.
These files comprise the module support for CS1|2 citation templates:
Other documentation:
- Module talk:Citation/CS1/Feature requests
- Module talk:Citation/CS1/COinS
- Module:Cs1 documentation support – a set of functions (some experimental) that extract information from the module suite for the purpose of documenting CS1|2
- Module:Citation/CS1/doc/Category list – lists of category names taken directly from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration and Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox
testcases
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases (run)
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/errors (run) – error and maintenance messaging
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/dates (run) – date validation
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/identifiers (run) – identifiers
- Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/anchor (run) – CITEREF anchors
require('Module:No globals');
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
]]
local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
--[[--------------------------< P A G E S C O P E V A R I A B L E S >--------------------------------------
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from other modules; that are created here and used here
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated. Returns nil if none are set.
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
]]
local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function add_vanc_error (source)
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source}, true ) } );
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
returns true if it does, else false
]]
local function is_scheme (scheme)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit. Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD. tld
is two or more alpha characters. Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here. Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
]=]
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end
for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.
]]
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain. If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
Strip off any port and path;
]]
local function split_url (url_str)
local scheme, authority, domain;
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
]]
local function link_param_ok (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
that condition exists
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix. prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.
]]
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local orig;
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL. If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here. The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4
]]
local function check_url( url_str )
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
return false;
end
local scheme, domain;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs. The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
]=]
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
]]
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message = error_message .. "|" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
]]
local function safe_for_url( str )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '[',
[']'] = ']',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
Format an external link with error checking
]]
local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local error_str = "";
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
]]
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not added_deprecated_cat then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning. Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
]=]
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';
local wl_type, label, link;
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left. The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
The prefix is checked for validity. If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added. At this time there is no error message for this condition.
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
]]
local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
return script_value;
end
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
]]
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
return "";
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
--[[--------------------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >----------------------------------------
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link. Returns the URL and appropriate label; nil else.
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
]]
local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local wl_type, D, L;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end
if ws_url then
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent encoding of fragment marker
end
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >--------------------------------------------
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=, and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-
parameter.
]]
local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
local periodical_error = '';
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
return periodical .. periodical_error;
end
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
]]
local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local chapter_error = '';
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ''); -- replace underscore separaters with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
end
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. ' ', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end
if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters. The search stops at the
first match.
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message. See also coins_cleanup().
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
parameter value.
]]
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i = 1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char = cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern = cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position and (char == 'zero width joiner') then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
i = i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local origin = {};
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return origin[k];
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>. When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
]]
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
]]
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditions. The hyphen must separate like items; unlike items are
returned unmodified. These forms are modified:
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)
any other forms are returned unmodified.
str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
]]
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
return str;
end
local accept; -- Boolean
str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
if accept then
return str; -- when markup removed, nothing to do, we're done
end
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['–'] = '–', ['—'] = '—'}); -- replace — and – entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
str = str:gsub ('-', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
str = str:gsub (' ', ' '); -- replace entity with generic keyboard space character
local out = {};
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
if mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', '–'); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
end
end
item = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of str
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
end
return table.concat (out, ', '); -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
end
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
]]
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
f.gsub = string.gsub
f.match = string.match
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end
local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
-- Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
-- preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end
if trim then
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
else
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >------------------------------------------------------------
returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9. Puncutation not allowed.
]]
local function is_suffix (suffix)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
return true;
end
return false;
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters. When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
This original test:
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
The test has been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary
to use an external editor to maintain this code.
\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
]]
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix)
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char']);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
]]
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
end
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
while names[i] do -- loop through the table
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
end
i = i+1; -- bump the counter
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been rendered previously so should have been linked there
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
]]
local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local maximum = control.maximum;
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp; -- TODO: delete after deprecation
local name_list = {};
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
lastauthoramp = nil; -- TODO: delete after deprecation -- unset because isn't used by Vancouver style
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
end
if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("—",n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end
local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then
if 1 < count and not etal then
if 'amp' == format or utilities.is_set (lastauthoramp) then -- TODO: delete lastauthoramp after deprecation
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
elseif 'and' == format then
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
end
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order. year is Year or anchor_year.
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the associated |display-<names>=etal parameter
]]
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; --get patterns from configuration
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end
return name, etal;
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >------------------------------------------------
Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain letters. Does not catch mixed alphanumeric names so
|last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.
returns nothing
]]
local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
if utilities.is_set (name) then
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations: ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc.
These annotation do not belong in author parameters and are redundant in editor parameters. If found, the function
adds the editor markup maintenance category.
returns nothing
]]
local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
if utilities.is_set (name) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
if name:match (pattern) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
break;
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------
Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names. Multiple names are indicated
if there is more than one comma or any semicolons. If found, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.
returns nothing
]]
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
local _, commas, semicolons;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
if 1 < commas or 0 < semicolons then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding
parameters.
]]
local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local accept_name;
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
end
end
if utilities.is_set (first) then
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are compsed of digits and punctuation
end
end
return last, first; -- done
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=. When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
]]
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because case of the source may be incorrect
or different from the case that WikiMedia uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is
found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code. When there is no match, we
return the original language name string.
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of languages that in some cases may include
extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam' and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a 'language' codes per se, rather they
are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org. A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames()
can be found at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc
Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example,
if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'. When names are found
and the associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the WikiMedia language name.
Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]
local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
end
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
local ietf_name;
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
end
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
end
end
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
end
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code is recognized by MediaWiki,
use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is assigned to the category for
that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no). For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned
to the single category for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does not recognize three-character
equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is recognized but code 'ara' is not.
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are
separated from each other by commas with optional space characters.
]]
local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap
if name then -- there was a remapped code so
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
end
else
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
end
end
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names
if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
end
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if this_wiki_name == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
At en.wiki, for cs1:
ps gets: '.'
sep gets: '.'
]]
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitly set to something
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs1']; -- terminate the rendered citation
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs1'], ps; -- element separator
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
At en.wiki, for cs2:
ps gets: '' (empty string - no terminal punctuation)
sep gets: ','
]]
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if not utilities.is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = cfg.presentation['ps_cs2']; -- terminate the rendered citation
end
if not utilities.is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_cs2'], ps, ref; -- element separator
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.
]]
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation. Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
]]
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if cfg.keywords_xlate[ps:lower()] == 'none' then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the PDF icon to external links.
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
]=]
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF#') or url:match ('%.pdf#');
end
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the URL contains a file extension that
is recognized as a PDF document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.
]]
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >--------------------------------------------
Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor name lists and a Boolean flag
to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').
When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true. This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
inputs:
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
]]
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal)
if utilities.is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {cfg.special_case_translation [list_name], max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
return max, etal;
end
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text'); -- add maint cat;
end
end
--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter. This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked
|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
]=]
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a place holder
local i = 1;
while name_table[i] do
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
local name = name_table[i];
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
]]
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local corporate = false;
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local accept_name;
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
-- if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parentheses to suppress vanc formatting and error detection
-- last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$') -- remove doubled parentheses
if accept_name then
last = v_name;
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation);
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma']); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name? Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '');
end
end
link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
]]
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val. If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.
]]
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.
]]
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- render in bold face
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume}); -- not bold
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
else -- four or less characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash(volume)}); -- bold
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
]]
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end
--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
for use in COinS. This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to and external link and
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span. TODO: should it?
TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
to a new name)?
]]
local function insource_loc_get (page, pages, at)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. ' ', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
end
--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages. When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL. That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result. [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=
There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
archive URL:
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
]=]
local function archive_url_check (url, date)
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
]]
local function place_check (param_val)
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
return param_val; -- and done
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns. Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
index [1]. index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false). The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
]]
local function is_generic_title (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do --spin through the list of known generic title fragments
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
return true; -- found English generic title so done
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true; -- found local generic title so done
end
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (place holder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
]]
local function is_archived_copy (title)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
return true;
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true;
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
]]
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments. Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
local Others = A['Others'];
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local interviewer_etal;
local interviewers_list = {};
local Interviewers; -- used later
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local contributor_etal;
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
Contribution = A['Chapter']; -- get the name of the contribution
end
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
if utilities.is_set (Others) then
if 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local accept_link;
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
end
TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == A:ORIGIN ('Chapter') then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveURL;
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local URL = A['URL']
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = '';
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
end
end
if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
end
Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
end
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
-- web and news not tested for now because of
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass] then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
end
end
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
local Position = '';
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
end
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
end
end
local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
end
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
UrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
end
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
end
local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
end
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = is_valid_parameter_value (A['IgnoreISBN'], A:ORIGIN('IgnoreISBN'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
local QuotePages = A['QuotePages'];
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
local LastAuthorAmp = is_valid_parameter_value (A['LastAuthorAmp'], A:ORIGIN('LastAuthorAmp'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_nocat'); -- this one so that we get the message; see main categorization at end of citation0()
end
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref = A['Ref'];
if 'harv' == Ref then
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
end
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], Ref, config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local coins_pages;
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, Pages, At);
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
]]
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
end
end
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
end
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
end
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL')
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
-- special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = validation.year_date_check (Year, Date);
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
table.insert (error_list, '<code class="cs1-code">|year= / |date= mismatch</code>');
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_year'); -- add a maint cat
end
end
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment the next three lines. Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- end
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
local ID_list_coins = identifiers.extract_ids (args); -- gets identifiers and their values from args; this list used for COinS and source for build_id_list()
if utilities.is_set (DoiBroken) and not ID_list_coins['DOI'] then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN('DoiBroken'))});
end
local ID_access_levels = identifiers.extract_id_access_levels (args, ID_list_coins);
local ID_list = identifiers.build_id_list (ID_list_coins, {IdAccessLevels = ID_access_levels, DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}); -- render identifiers
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
end
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use. We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
end
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
});
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
mode = Mode
};
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
Editors, editor_etal = name_has_etal (Editors, editor_etal, false, 'editors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
end
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum , interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal);
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum , translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal);
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum , contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal);
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
end
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated URL is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
local OriginalURL, OriginalURL_origin, OriginalFormat, OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
end
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
if is_generic_title (Title) then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
end
end
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
local TransError = "";
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('[\'"](.-)[\'"]', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. ' ', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text', 'edition'); -- add maint cat
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
LaySource = " – ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
end
if utilities.is_set (Ref) and 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
else
id = ''; -- unset
end
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
z.error_categories = {};
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
else
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
end
end
end
end
if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
table.insert (maint, utilities.make_wikilink (':Category:' .. v, 'link')); -- add the link
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
end
if not no_tracking_cats then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:' .. v));
end
elseif 'nocat' == A:ORIGIN('NoTracking') then -- peculiar special case; can't track nocat without tracking nocat
table.insert (render, utilities.make_wikilink ('Category:CS1 maint: nocat')); -- hand-set this category because it is supposed to be temporary
end
return table.concat (render);
end
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- deprecated empty parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return nil;
end
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
-- limited enumerated parameters list
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
-- all enumerated parameters allowed
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup. <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code. when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
return value as is else
]=]
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters. If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe. There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc. To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
]]
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
end
end
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
]]
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
]]
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text, error_state;
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {param}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
}, true )});
end
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
end
return table.concat ({citation0( config, args), frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles})});
end
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
return {citation = citation};